| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.3 | Aia iā ia ka mana nui ma luna o kēlā mau ʻokana. | and he had great authority over these districts. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3 | Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne. | This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.” | The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana. | When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe. | As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3 | ”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna. | The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale. | Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e hiki i ka wā e ʻaneʻane hānau ai, a laila ʻeā, e ʻono aʻe ʻoe i ka ʻōhua me ka ʻōlelo aku iā Kahauokapaka nāna ponoʻī nō e lawaiʻa. | when the child is about to be born, then have a craving for the manini spawn, and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1 | Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine. | Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?” | When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3 | ”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai. | Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko. | Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei. | Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei. | Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei. | He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4 | Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola. | Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka. | When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2 | I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae. | That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa. | forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1 | A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi. | When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili. | On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o nā lā o ia nei ma laila, loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ana i Molokaʻi. | On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei. | When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana. | Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia e pule ana i loko ona iho, hiki koke maila ka ʻino nui ma luna o lākou a pono ʻole ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa. | As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers were afraid. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻāla aʻela nā mea waʻa iā ia nei, “E kēia kanaka e moe nei! | Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele. | As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne. | When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.2 | Iā ia nei ma laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i luna o Malelewaʻa ma kahi nihinihi hiki ʻole ke hele ʻia. | Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a sharp ridge difficult to reach; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.1 | I ka makāula i haʻalele ai iā Waiʻalalā, hiki aku kēia ma Waikolu i lalo pono o Malelewaʻa. | After the seer left Waialala he went to Waikolu right below Malelewaa. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2 | Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai. | Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane. | On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.5 | Pēlā mai nei ʻo ia iaʻu, a puoho wale aʻela wau lā, hoʻāla akula iā ʻoe.” | there we two shall dwell; so he told me, and I awoke and wakened you." |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana. | As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?” | When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale. | When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho. | The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā. | At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike maopopo loa ʻana aku o ka mea waʻa iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, he nūhou ia i ka mea waʻa. | And when the paddler saw Laieikawai clearly, desire came to him afresh. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, kupu aʻela ka manaʻo ʻano ʻē i loko ona e hele e hoʻokaulana iā Molokaʻi a puni no kēia mea āna e ʻiʻini nei. | Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around Molokai of this person whom he longed after. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo akula ua mea waʻa nei iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “ʻAuhea ʻolua. | Then the paddler said to Laieikawai and her companion, "Where are you! |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.5 | Na ʻolua nā mea a pau o loko, ʻaʻole kekahi mea e koe o ka hale nei iā ʻolua. | everything within is yours, not a single thing is withholden from you in the house; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.” | I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.” | And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1 | A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu. | The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2 | ”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi. | Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona. | When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa. | The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai. | When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia nei lā, ʻehā kīkoʻo i koe o ko ia ala maikaʻi iā ia nei, a laila, like aku me kēlā.” | "Your daughter must be in four points more beautiful than she is to compare with that other." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia. | So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?” | When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2 | Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa. | That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.2 | I ia wanaʻao ʻana aʻe, loaʻa iā lāua ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi, a kau lāua ma laila a holo akula, a ma Maunalei ko lāua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and lived for some time at Maunalei. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi. | After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.1 | Ua ʻaneʻane e hala nā lā he ʻumi iā ia ma Molokaʻi, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka pūnohu i luna o Haleakalā. | About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow standing over Haleakala; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.2 | Haʻalele kēia iā Molokaʻi, hiki mua ʻo ia i luna o Haleakalā ma kēlā lua pele, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.1 | I ua makāula nei naʻe i hiki ai ma laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka ʻāina e ka ʻohu a me ka noe. | When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled thick in cloud and mist |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.3 | I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai. | Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana. | As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai. | That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2 | I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '"; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e hiki iā ia ke moe i ia pō a ao. | and did not sleep the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe i ke kakahiaka nui, iā ia ma luna o Kaʻuiki, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kīlepalepa a ka peʻa o ka waʻa i lalo o Kaihalulu. | And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.” | whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them." |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2 | A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki. | and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.2 | Kaʻahele akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ma Hāmākua kona hiki mua ʻana. | and traversed Hawaii, starting from Hamakua, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ia i hiki ai i Hāmākua, ma lalo o Waipiʻo kona wahi i noho ai ma Pākaʻalana; ʻaʻole naʻe he nui kona mau lā ma laila. | Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple of Pakaalana but did not stay there long. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1 | Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula. | In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni. | When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4 | A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?” | After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.1 | “A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea, ʻī maila ka wahine i ua wahine kahu nei oʻu, 'E hoʻi ʻoe, a ma kēia pō hiki aku au. | "When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, ' You return, and to-night I will come |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.2 | E like me kaʻu kauoha iā ʻoe i ka pō mua, pēlā nō wau e hiki aku ai.' | as I promised the night before, so will I surely do.' |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3 | I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo. | and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau. | Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions! |
| Ch.4 p.22 para.3 sent.1 | I loko o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi a me ko lāua kūkā mau ʻana me kona kuhina nui no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, manaʻopaʻa aʻela ke aliʻi no Tahiti mai ua wahine lā. | When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced that this was the woman from Tahiti. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ke awakea, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi, loaʻa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua in a dream |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.2 | Ua like kāna ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane me kā Kauakahialiʻi ʻōlelo ʻana iā ia. | and he saw her in the dream as Kauakahialii had described her. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o ia ala ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, he mea minamina loa i ke aliʻi i kona ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane, no ka mea, ua ala ʻē mai ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because he had awakened so soon out of sleep; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.2 | A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane. | therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe a hiki i ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā. | but he could not get to sleep until the sun went down. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1 | A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa. | And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “ʻAʻole hoʻi paha ʻo ia, ʻo ka ʻike akula hoʻi paha lā iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, waiwai ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa.” | Said the chief, "Not so, but to see Laieikawai, that is the good of awa drinking." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo loa aʻela ke aliʻi e holo i Hawaiʻi e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai. | After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.2 | I ia wā ka hoʻopuka ʻana o lāua i ʻōlelo hoʻoholo no ke kiʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male. | At this time they began to talk about getting Laieikawai for a wife. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka. | At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.1 | Haʻalele lākou iā Kīpahulu, hiki lākou ma Hāna. | They left Kipahulu and went to Hana, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.3 | I ke aliʻi naʻe e hele ana, he nui ka poʻe i ukali iā lāua no ka makemake iā ʻAiwohikupua. | On the way a crowd followed them for admiration of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi. | When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa. | When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo. | While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs, |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻī akula ke kuhina i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Pono kā ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi wahine iā ʻoe.” | At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great fancy to you." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2 | A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne. | and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.3 | Inā e make au iā ʻoe, a laila, e lilo wau nāu. | if I lose to you then I become yours |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.6 | E like me kāu hana iaʻu, pēlā nō au e hana ai iā ʻoe me ko noho i Maui nei.” | as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you shall dwell here on Maui." |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki wau ma mua o kuʻu holo ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole wau e launa me kekahi o nā wāhine ʻē aʻe. | not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I vowed before sailing hither to know no woman |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke kauoha mua aku nei wau iā ʻoe ma mua o kuʻu hele ʻana e noho ʻoe me ka maluhia loa. | So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete purity, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9 | A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala. | After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau. | The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?” | As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Ihuanu e hōʻike ana iā ia iho, huli aʻela ʻo ia a ʻike iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea maila, “Pehea ʻoe, e ka malihini? | As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called out, '"How are you, stranger? |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.2 | Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe. | and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you: |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, hele maila kekahi o nā pūʻali ikaika a ma ke kua o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo maila, “ʻĒ! Mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Ihuanu. | At Aiwohikupua 's words, one of Cold-nose's backers came up behind Aiwohikupua and said: "Here! do not speak to Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē! | When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e hui ka ʻaha. | Now, I advise you to dismiss the contestants |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.5 | A no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, inā i hopo ʻoukou no kēlā malihini, a laila, e hūnā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka i ke aouli. | And now I tell you if you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3 | Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo. | we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.” | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?” | At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.1 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ihuanu, “ʻAʻole au e kuʻi aku iā ʻoe. | Cold-nose answered. "I am not ready to strike you; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu. | If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu? | After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu. | then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2 | Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?” | could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hele koke ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā Hāunakā e leʻaleʻa māua.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some fun together." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1 | A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha. | When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka ʻaha, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o Hāunakā, “ʻAʻole e ʻeha ke keiki Kauaʻi iā ʻoe. | When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never hurt the Kauai boy: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō kuʻi iā Ihuanu, hulā pū ka puʻupuʻu ma ke kua, a ʻo ke kanaka nō kēia i make mai nei ʻo Ihuanu.” | Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This is the very man who killed Cold-nose." |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Pāʻauhau ma Hāmākua, i ka lā hoʻi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupāhoehoe, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula i nā mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho ma mua o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Laupāhoehoe, a penei kona ʻike ʻana. | On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the same clay as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus: |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei. | A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's — |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.2 | (E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.) | perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ia kēlā mea aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou i ke ahiahi nei, no laila, eia ʻo ia ke holo mai nei i ka moana. | he is the one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.5 | E ʻike i kā ʻoukou kauā iā Hulumāniani. | look upon your servant, Hulumaniani, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka makāula i ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi i nā kumu a me nā kuleana o kona hele ʻana, a pau ia, a laila, na ka makāula ka nīnau hope iā ʻAiwohikupua, akā hoʻi, ma ka pāʻewaʻewa o kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana me ka ʻōlelo aku he huakaʻi kaʻapuni kāna. | When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was on a sight-seeing tour. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana. | But let us wait until it is pleasant |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.7 | Hoʻi maila wau, hoʻāla aku nei iā ʻoe.” | And I came in to awaken you." |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ua wahi kanaka nei, “ʻO kaʻu ia e ʻōlelo aku ana iā ʻoe, e holo kākou. | The man said: "That is what I told you: if we had gone |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3 | I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa. | That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4 | Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō. | The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila. | When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you? |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole e hiki iā kāua ke hele e hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e loaʻa, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau, ua ʻano ʻē loa ka hale. | "We will not meet the princess, and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the
house is no ordinary one. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Paliuli, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Keaʻau, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa, a ma ia wanaʻao, kau ma luna o nā waʻa a hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded the canoe and returned to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua. | On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua; |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka ʻike ʻana mai o ka makāula iā ʻAiwohikupua e holo ana i ka moana. | now the seer saw Aiwohikupua sailing over the ocean. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i ʻike aku ai i kēlā wahine, hoʻōho ana lākou i luna o nā waʻa “ʻĒ! Ka wahine maikaʻi hoʻi!” | When those on board saw the woman they shouted, "Oh! what a beautiful woman!" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana. | As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hālāwai malihini ana, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Poliʻahu ē, e ka wahine maikaʻi o ka pali, pōmaikaʻi wale wau iā ʻoe ma ko kāua hālāwai ʻana iho nei. | After meeting the stranger, Aiwohikupua said, "O Poliahu, fair
mistress of the coast, happily are we met here; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e ʻae ʻoe e lawe iaʻu e like me kaʻu e noi aku nei iā ʻoe, a laila, e kau kāua ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku i Kauaʻi. | If you consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.3 | A pehea lā i hikiwawe ai ka loaʻa ʻana o koʻu inoa iā ʻoe e ke Aliʻi?” | and how did you find out my name so quickly?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.3 | A pau ko huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi nei, a laila, hoʻi aku a hoʻāo ʻolua? | After this trip around Hawaii, then are you not returning for your marriage? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4 | A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe. | And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you, |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo, e Poliʻahu ē, ʻo nā mea a pau āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ua hana wau e like me ia, no laila, e haʻi mai i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe.” | It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have done as you have described; tell me who has told
you.'' |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.3 | A na ia akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo nei iā ʻoukou. | and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.4 | Iā ʻoukou nō e holo mai ana i Humuʻula, ua ʻike wau nou nā waʻa, a pēlā wau i ʻike ai iā ʻoe.” | As you were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you were." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka holo ʻana, ʻōlelo aku ka wahine iā ʻAiwohikupua, “Ke holo pū nei kākou. | Before setting out the woman said to Aiwohikupua and his companion, "We sail together; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.4 | Mai hoʻopā mai ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻopā iā ʻoukou a hiki wale i Kohala. | You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala: |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō. | They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.” | but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe i hiki aku ai ma kēlā awa pae waʻa, i ka moana nō lākou i lana aku ai, a iā lākou e lana ana ma laila, ʻike maila ʻo Hinaikamalama no ʻAiwohikupua kēia mau waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water: and as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.3 | Mahamaha mai nei kēia i ka ʻike ʻana mai nei iā ʻoukou, kainoa lā hoʻi he holo mai a pae aʻe, ʻaʻole kā! | Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to land. Not so! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.4 | No laila, ke nīnau aku nei wau iā ʻoe, ma laila nō anei ʻoukou e lana ai a holo aku?” | Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki,” wahi a ka wahine “no ka mea, e kauoha nō wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe. | "You can not." said the woman. "for I will order the executioner
to hold you fast; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5 | I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.” | I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Hāna a holo mai lākou a hiki i Oʻahu nei. | After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.5 | Inā e lohe ʻia ma kēia hope aku, a laila, i lohe ʻia nō iā ʻoukou, a ʻo ka uku o ka mea nāna e haʻi kēia ʻōlelo no ka holo ʻana i Hawaiʻi, ʻo ka make ka mea nāna e ʻōlelo. | if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the penalty to anyone who tells of the
journey to Hawaii, it is death, death to himself, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana. | Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.3 | I kiʻi aku nei wau iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male (hoʻāo) naʻu no koʻu lohe ʻana nō iā Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo ana i ka lā a lākou i hiki mai ai. | to fetch Laieikawai for my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party
returned here. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele. | I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.6 | A no ia manaʻo oʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa iaʻu, manaʻo aʻe au iā ʻoukou, e nā kaikuahine, ka poʻe nō e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake i nā lā i hala, no laila, kiʻi mai nei au iā ʻoukou e holo i Hawaiʻi. | And as I thought of my failure, then I thought of you sisters, "who have won
my wishes for me in the days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.8 | A laila, he mea maikaʻi kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne iā lākou. | Then they were pleased with their brother's words to them. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9 | I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi. | As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.1 | I ka wanaʻao o ia pō, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, hiki ma Puʻuloa, a ma laila aku a kau ma Hanauma. | That night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and there rested at Hanauma; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa ko lākou haʻalele ʻana iā Honuaʻula a holo akula a hiki ma Kaʻelehuluhulu ma Kona, Hawaiʻi. | Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo. | As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai. | one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, kū mai iā Poliʻahu ka ʻike no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana. | Then was revealed to Poliahu the knowledge of Aiwohikupua's doings; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai. | Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2 | Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala. | and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.6 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai. | When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō ka mea i manao ʻia ai e loaʻa iā lākou.” | they have failed to gain my wish." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila kona kuhina, “He mea kupanaha loa iā ʻoe. | Said the counsellor. "This is very strange! |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.3 | Ua kēnā aʻe nei ʻoe iā Mailehaʻiwale i kāna loaʻa, a ua lohe akula nō hoʻi kākou i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai. | you have ordered Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole paha no ko kaikuahine ia hewa e hiki ai iā kāua ke haʻalele iā lākou? | Is this your sisters' fault, |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, hele aʻela iā ia! | that we should go and leave them? |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.3 | Mai kaupoku ka hoʻi ʻana iho, loaʻa iā Lāʻieikawai mā. | from the rafters it reached Laieikawai and her companion; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailekaluhea akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance. it is Mailekaluhea, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua. who has come to make you his wife |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.7 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.3 | Malia hoʻi o ʻae iā Mailelauliʻi.” | perhaps she will yield to Mailelaulii." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1 | “Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou. | "You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.3 | Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'. | perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;' |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailelauliʻi akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance: it is Mailelaulii, one of the sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua. who has come to get you for his wife; |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.7 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.” | "Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau. | Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailepākaha, hele akula a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailepākaha akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "'That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia. | Laieikawai: "Bah! I will not marry him! |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.3 | Mai hoʻomoe hou ʻoe iaʻu iā ʻAiwohikupua.” | Do not force Aiwohikupua on me again." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.4 | Kaukaʻi aku nei hoʻi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli loa hoʻi i ʻole ʻae hoʻi iā lākou. | better put off trying the youngest sister and, and, if she is refused, |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.6 | A eia naʻe hoʻi kaʻu wahi ʻōlelo i koe iā ʻoe; ʻo ka ʻōlelo nō auaneʻi kaʻu, ʻo ka ʻae nō kāu.” | And now I have only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.3 sent.1 | “E kiʻi kāua ma o ke kupuna wahine lā,” wahi a ua kuhina nei, “e noi aku iā ia, malia o ʻae mai kēlā.” | "Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe we can get the consent from her." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō kaʻu mea i makemake ai e lawe mai iā ʻoukou. | my cherished hope has failed in bringing you here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.2 | E lohe mua mākou i Kauaʻi, e lawe ana ʻoe a haʻalele iā mākou i kēia wahi inā ʻaʻole mākou e hiki mai. | Had we known in Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would never have come. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.3 | Pono nō lā hoʻi ia inā ʻo wau kekahi i kiʻi aku nei iā Lāʻieikawai a nele ana lā hoʻi, a laila, pono kāu haʻalele ʻana iaʻu. | It is only fair that I, too, should have had a chance to win Laieikawai, and had I failed then you
would have a right to leave me; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine ʻōpio, hoʻohewa ihola ʻo ia iā ia iho. | When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani akula ke oli a Mailehaʻiwale penei: | and as the two were still on the way, rang the song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.2 | Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei nō wau iā ʻoukou no kā ʻoukou waiwai ʻole, ʻo ia kuʻu mea i haʻalele ai iā ʻoukou. | haven't I told you that I leave you because you are worthless? |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.3 | Inā i loaʻa iho nei kuʻu makemake iā ʻoukou, a laila, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e noho. | If you had gained for me my desire you would not have to stay here; |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5 | Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei: | the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.5 | Malia o aloha mai iā ia.” | It may be he will show affection for her." |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.6 | A ua holo like aʻela ia manaʻo iā lākou. | And they did as she advised. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.1 sent.1 | A haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua nā kaikuahine i Punahoa ma kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kānoakapa. | They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i ʻaneʻane ai e pae mai ma kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho aku ana, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine. | When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.3 | Malia o maliu mai iā ʻoe.” | it may be he will take pity on you." |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, i ka hōʻailona ʻana, kū iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hōʻailona. | now when they drew, the lot fell to Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou hana ʻana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Punahoa, hele ukali hou maila lākou ma kahi e loaʻa ai ko lākou kaikunāne. | When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their
brother |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou. | At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou e ʻōkuʻu nui ana, ʻo kā Kahalaomāpuana waki ia, kau lākou ma nā waʻa. | As the sisters crouched there Kahalaomapuana 's watch came, and the party boarded the canoe. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.1 | He aloha ʻole paha kou iā mākou, | Do you no longer love us? |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.14 | Haʻalele iho iā mākou I kahi hāiki, | Abandon us In this desolation> |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e kau ana i ka ʻūhā o kona kaikunāne, kēnā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa i hoe ikaika. | When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the canoemen to paddle with all their might; |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lākou e holo ana, a laila, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana. | As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina. | When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.4 sent.1 | Ua ʻoi aku ko lākou aloha iā Kahalaomāpuana ma mua o ko lākou aloha i ko lākou mau mākua a me ka ʻāina. | for they loved Kahalaomapuana better than their parents or their native land. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou nō e uē ana, hōʻea mai ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ma ka pali mai, a laila, ua kuʻu ʻia ka naʻau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaʻana. | While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; then their sorrow was at an end. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau. | After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.2 | A no ko lākou makemake nui e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻohālua mau lākou i kēlā lā kēia lā a nui nā lā o lākou i hoʻohālua ai. | And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for her from day to day, and after many days of spying |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.4 | A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa. | So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa. | During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.2 | Malia paha, aia iā ʻoe kekahi mea e hiki ai. | perhaps you have something in mind. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.2 | Malia paha o lilo ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi i nā pō a pau i mea no ke aliʻi e uluhua ai, a laila, hele mai e nānā iā kākou, a laila, pēlā paha e ʻike ai kākou iā Lāʻieikawai.” | perhaps the fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1 | I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.2 | A i kekahi pō mai, iā Mailekaluhea. | and the next night Mailekaluhea; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.3 | Pēlā mau lākou i hana ai a hala nā pō ʻehā, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā Lāʻieikawai ka hoʻouluhua ʻia. | so they did every night, and the fourth night passed; but Laieikawai
gave them no concern. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokolo akula ʻo ia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e ʻā ana, ma ke kaʻawale naʻe kēia kahi i kū aku ai me ka ʻike ʻole mai a lākou lā iā ia nei. | crept along until she came to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was out of sight of those about the fire. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike kēia, hoʻi akula iā Lāʻieikawai, nīnau maila ke aliʻi. | And having seen, she returned to Laieikawai, and the princess inquired about it. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe aʻela ke kahu o ke aliʻi i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau. | then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1 | A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.” | And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.3 | E kū ʻoe a e komo aku e hālāwai me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha iā ʻoe.” | arise and enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi. | When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai. | Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole.” | And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.6 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula kēlā iā lākou a pau. | Then she told them all. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Inā ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō, a laila, na wai i alakaʻi iā ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, no ka mea, he wahi ʻike ʻole ʻia kēia, ʻakahi wale nō poʻe i hele mai i kēia wahi.” | Said Laieikawai, "If you were the ones who came that night, who guided you here? For the place is unfrequented, not a single person comes here." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.10 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku kēia, “He kamaʻāina nō ko mākou mea nāna i alakaʻi mai, ʻo ia hoʻi kēlā wahi kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo mai iā ʻoe no Kauakahialiʻi.” | The girl said, "We had a native of the place to guide us, the same man who spoke to you in behalf of Kauakahialii." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.” | When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.3 | A ua nīnau mai nei kēlā iā kākou, ua haʻi pau aku au. | and she asked about us and I told her everything. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.4 | No laila, e loaʻa ana iā kākou ka pōmaikaʻi. | The result is, fortune is ours: |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.7 | A hiki i ka manawa a ke aliʻi i kauoha mai ai iā lākou, haʻalele lākou i nā pūhā lāʻau kahi a lākou i noho pio ai. | At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where they had lived as fugitives. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi. | And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.2 | E kiaʻi kākou iā kākou iho. | and we shall protect each other. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou. | To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.2 | E like me kāu i ʻōlelo mai nei iā mākou, a pēlā no mākou e hoʻolohe ai. | as you have said; and so we obey. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi naʻe mea a mākou e haʻi aku iā ʻoe, he poʻe kaikamāhine mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko mākou mau mākua. | Only one thing we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.5 | A no laila, ke noi mau aku nei kāu mau kauā mai ʻae ʻoe iā mākou e hoʻohaumia me kekahi mau kānaka e like me ka makemake o ke aliʻi. | and so we, your servants, beseech you not to defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.6 | No laila, e hoʻokuʻu iā mākou e noho puʻupaʻa e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ko mākou mau mākua.” | but to allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.2 | I ua mau kaikamāhine nei e noho ana ma kou lākou hale, he mea mau iā lākou ke kūkā mau ma nā mea e pili ana iā lākou a me ke aliʻi, no ko lākou noho ʻana a me nā hana a ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo mai ai. | As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they should obey the princess's commands, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai. | and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.4 | Inā i hele mai kekahi mea makemake e ʻike iā ʻoe, inā he kāne a he wahine paha, a inā he aliʻi, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻike iā ʻoe ke ʻole mākou e ʻae aku. | If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our approval. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani. | So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi. | The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou. | As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3 | I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa. | During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike. | While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.3 | Kū aʻela ʻo ia i luna a ʻōlelo akula iā ʻAiwohikupua, “He hāwāwā akula nō kāu hele ʻana. | He arose and said to Aiwohikupua, "You managed the affair awkwardly. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau. | When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.2 | A he aha lā ʻo Hauaʻiliki iā Lāʻieikawai? | But what was Hauailiki to Laieikawai? |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.1 | ʻEhā nā lā o Lāʻieikawai o ka hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau ma hope iho o ko Hauaʻiliki puka ʻana aku, a ʻehā nō hoʻi lā o ko Hauaʻiliki hōʻike ʻana iā ia i mua o Lāʻieikawai, a ʻaʻole naʻe he maliu iki ʻia mai. | Four days Laieikawai came to Keaau after Hauailiki's entering the harbor: and four days Hauailiki showed himself off before Laieikawai, and she took no notice at all of him. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.2 | I ka lima o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau, manaʻo ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o kāna mea e ʻiʻini nui nei no kona akamai ma ka heʻe nalu. | On the fifth day of her coming. Hauailiki thought to display before the beloved one his skill with the surf board; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2 | I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke. | While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale iā Lāʻieikawai, “Inā paha ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko kākou mau mākua, inā ua lawe wau iā Hauaʻiliki i kāne naʻu.” | Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu, kāhea maila kekahi kaikamahine kamaʻāina, “Pae hoʻi kākou.” | When Hauailiki was out in the surf, one of the girls called out, "Land now!" |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.2 | Makemake nō ʻo ia e hoʻokāʻokoʻa iā ia, ʻo ia wale nō ma ka nalu ʻokoʻa i kumu e ʻike mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai no kona akamai i ka heʻe nalu; malia o makemake ʻia mai ʻo ia. | He wished to make himself conspicuous on a separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf riding and maybe take a liking to him. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e heʻe lā i ka nalu, ʻuā ka pihe a nā kamaʻāina a me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters of Aiwohikupua also. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.4 | He aha lā ia iā Lāʻieikawai? | What was that to Laieikawai? |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.” | he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu. | When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ia e ʻau ana, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “ʻĒ! Pupule ʻo Hauaʻiliki.” | He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kākala ma kona kua, i ia manawa, kaha maila ʻo ia i ka nalu. | When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at his back, he stood on its edge, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAkahi nō a loaʻa mai iā Lāʻieikawai ka ʻakaʻaka, a he mea malihini nō hoʻi ia i kona maka a me kona mea ʻē aʻe. | and for the first time Laieikawai smiled; the feat was new to her eyes and to her guardians also. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu. | When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2 | A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu. | until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.3 | Iā ia e lana mālie ana, ua kokoke mai ko Lāʻieikawai mā manawa hoʻi i Paliuli, i ia manawa, peʻahi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki. | and as he floated the time drew near for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai
beckoned to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea i koe iā kāua, ʻo ke koʻele wāwae nō i Paliuli i nēia pō.” | only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli to-night." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i piʻi ai, hālāwai mua lāua me Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi maka mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | As they went on, they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.3 | ʻIke maila ʻo ia iā lāua nei e kokoke aku ana i ʻō i ʻaneʻi lā, ʻī maila, “E Hauaʻiliki, ma laila ʻolua, hoʻi aku. | When she saw them approaching from a distance, she cried, "O Hauailiki, you two go back from there, |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki , “E ʻae mai ʻoe iā māua e piʻi aku e ʻike i ka hale o ke aliʻi.” | Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hala aku ai ma hope iho o ko Mailehaʻiwale hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lāua, hālāwai koke akula lāua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o kā ke aliʻi wahine kiaʻi. | As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.4 | Pehea lā i ʻae ʻia mai ai e hoʻokuʻu mai iā ʻolua?” | How did you get permission to pass here?" |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku. | As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua. | When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.1 | A hala aku lāua, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula lāua iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kiaʻi ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, a ʻike akula nō hoʻi i ke ʻano ʻē o ka hale aliʻi. | And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the chief-house, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē! | When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.1 | Moe hou ihola nō ʻo Hauaʻiliki, loaʻa hou nō iā ia ka moeʻuhane e like me ma mua. | Hauailiki slept again; again he had the dream as at first; |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.2 | ʻEhā pō, ʻehā ao o ka hoʻomau ʻana o kēia mea iā Hauaʻiliki, no laila, ua pono ʻole ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo. | four nights and four days the dream was repeated to Hauailiki, and his mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.3 | I ka lima o ka pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana o kēia moeʻuhane iā Hauaʻiliki, ma ka pili o ke ahiahi, ala aʻela ʻo ia a piʻi akula i uka o Paliuli me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o kona hoa. | On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his comrade's knowledge. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ia i piʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a lāua i piʻi mua ai a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana iā Mailehaʻiwale. | In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but close to Mailehaiwale |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ia i hiki ai ma waho o ka hale aliʻi, ua hiamoe loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | When he got outside the chief-house Kahalaomapuana was fast asleep, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna i ka ʻēheu o nā manu, ua hiamoe loa nō hoʻi. | and behold! he saw Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds, fast asleep also. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia i komo aku ai a kū ma kahi a ke aliʻi e moe ana, lālau akula ʻo ia i ke poʻo o ke aliʻi a hoʻoluliluli aʻela. | When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught hold of the princess's head and shook her. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.2 | A iā māua i hiki ai i kai, a no ka māluhiluhi, hāʻule akula wau, hiamoe. | and on our reaching the coast, exhausted, I fell asleep: |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo i kāu mea e ʻōlelo mai nei, no ka mea, ua loaʻa nō ia mea iaʻu ma ka moeʻuhane, ua hana nō e like me ka hana iā ʻoe, a he aha lā ia mea iaʻu? | what you say is no concern of mine; for the same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it happened to you, and what is that to me? |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.5 | Ua ʻōlelo aku wau iā ʻoe i kēlā pō ma mua ʻaʻole ou kuleana ma kēia wahi! | I told you before that you had no business in this place, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.2 | A ma ka wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau a hoʻi akula. | and with the dawn left Keaau and sailed thither. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hoʻi aku ai i Kauaʻi a hiki lākou ma Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e ʻākoakoa mai ana nā aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a Kauakahialiʻi a me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa kekahi i kēlā manawa. | When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā e hoʻokokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai ʻo Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea akula, “Ua eo wau iā ʻoe.” | As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost." |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka haʻi aku naʻe i ka lilo ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau kiaʻi no ke aliʻi, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli ia iā ʻAiwohikupua. | When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua rejoiced. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo ia iā Hauaʻiliki, “Ua pau ka pili a kāua. | He declared to Hauailiki, "There's an end to our bet, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua. | While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi naʻe kaikuahine huhū loa, ʻo kahi mea ʻuʻuku, no laila koʻu manaʻo paʻa ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, a he uku nō kou kokoke aku.” | one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get paid for it." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko ke aliʻi hūnā ʻana iā ia ma kēlā hiki ʻana ma Kohala i hakakā ai me Ihuanu, ʻo ia ka mea i ʻike ʻole ʻia ai. | And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻalele lākou iā Kohala, hiki akula lākou i Keaʻau. | They left Kohala and went to Keaau. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai ma kēlā lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai, ua ʻike mua mai ko lākou kupuna wahine i ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau. | When Laieikawai and her companions returned, on the day when
Aiwohikupua's party arrived, their grandmother had already fore-
seen Aiwohikupua's arrival at Keaau. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.3 | E makaʻala iā ʻoukou iho. | look out for yourselves, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia. | and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5 | A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia. | and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.6 | Inā he hele mai kāna me ka ʻinoʻino, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i ko kākou akua iā Kihanuilūlūmoku nāna nō e luku aku iā ia.” | If he threatens to harm us, then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7 | A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi. | After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.2 | Iā lāua i ʻike mai ai e kū ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, a laila, manaʻo aʻela lāua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke aliʻi. | When they saw the taboo sign — the hollow post covered with white tapa — then they knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou he pahu kapu e like nō me ka mea mua i loaʻa ai iā lāua. | So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which they had found, |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa. | After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.2 | He manawa ʻole, hoʻohui aʻela kēia iā lākou a ʻehā ma ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiaʻi, a ma laila i manaʻo ai lākou e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua. | in less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike aku ai iā Kahalaomāpuana, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o nā ʻēheu o nā manu me he ʻalihikaua nui lā, a he mea hou loa ia iā ʻAiwohikupua mā. | When Aiwohikupua saw Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.3 | Pane maila ke kiaʻi nui, “E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! Mai lohi, a ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali, no ka mea, ua kapu ke aliʻi! ʻAʻole nō ou kuleana ma kēia wahi, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻo mai he mau kaikuahine mākou nou; ua hala i ia manawa!” | Said the head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has passed." |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu. | When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.2 | Ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, ka ʻieʻie a me ka palai, a he mea weliweli loa iā lāua ka nānā ʻana aku. | which was covered with white tapa wound with the ieie vine and the sweet-scented fern, and it was a terrible thing to see. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.2 | Ke hoʻomākaukau lā ʻo ia i ʻumi mau kānaka ikaika nāna e kiʻi mai e luku iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ua inaina ko ʻoukou kaikunāne no ko ʻoukou kipaku ʻana i kakahiaka nei. | He is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka moʻo nui o Paliuli ke akua o lākou nei. | Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.5 | E ao naʻe ʻoe iā Kalāhūmoku i ka ʻīlio nui ikaika a ʻAiwohikupua. | and beware of Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1 | ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi. | Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.1 | “Pehea auaneʻi e make ai iā lākou? ʻO nā kaikamāhine palupalu ihola ka mea e make ai ʻo kaʻu manaʻo ʻana e make iā lākou?” | "How can they be killed by those helpless girls, whom I intended to kill?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka. | At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1 | “Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.” | "They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.1 | Maopopo ihola iā lāua ʻo ua moʻo nei kēia, e lele aʻe ana lāua ma ko lāua kino manu. | They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2 | I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua. | They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lāua a ʻōlelo akula iā ʻAiwohikupua i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | and they returned and told Aiwohikupua what they had seen. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiki ʻana o Kalāhūmoku, ua ʻīlio ʻai kanaka o Tahiti, i mua o kāna moʻopuna (ʻAiwohikupua), “E piʻi ʻoe i kēia lā e luku aku i oʻu mau kaikuahine,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a e lawe pū mai iā Lāʻieikawai.” | When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.5 | A laila, ʻo ka pule kā ʻoukou i ke akua iā Lanipipili. | Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻouna pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale i mau ʻelele na lāua e haʻi mai ka hana a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio. | and Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report the deeds of the dog and the lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hanu aʻela ka moʻo ka hoʻokalakupua hoʻi o Paliuli a ʻike akula iā Kalāhūmoku i ke āiwaiwa o Tahiti. | Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.1 | I ka hoʻomaka ʻana naʻe o ko lāua hakakā, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a haʻi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i kēia kaua weliweli. | At the beginning of the fight the messengers returned to tell Aiwohikupua of this terrible battle. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.2 | A lohe akula lākou iā ʻUlili mā i kēia kaua a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio, a he mea mau naʻe iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka nānā iā uka. | When they heard from Snipe and his companion of this battle between the lizard and the dog, Aiwohikupua looked toward the mountain. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō e nānā ana, piʻi aʻela ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna. | As they looked the clouds rose straight up, |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, hina ana ka ʻohu i kai, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ua lanakila ka moʻo, a laila, he mea kaumaha iā ʻAiwohikupua no ka pio ʻana o kā lākou ʻaoʻao. | and no short time after turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi mai ke kiʻi hope ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻopau loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo ʻana no Lāʻieikawai. | Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up thinking about Laieikawai |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike | And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua lele koke lāua a hiki iā Hinaikamalama lā ma Hāna. | In their bird bodies they flew swiftly to Hinaikamalama's home at Hana |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.” | The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'” | Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.2 | Lele hou aku nō a he wahi mokuʻāina lōʻihi, ma laila aku māua, a he mokuʻāina nui e like ka moku i loaʻa mua iā māua. | flew on to some long islands — a large island like the one we first passed, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5 | A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua. | and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.10 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole i loaʻa iā ʻolua ʻo Poliʻahu, ʻo Hinaikamalama akula ia.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "You did not find Poliahu; this was Hinaikamalama." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.2 | Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai. | At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ʻole o ke aliʻi kāne. | As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the unrivaled splendor of the chief. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hui ai, hōʻike aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me Poliʻahu i nā ʻaʻahu o lāua i hāʻawi mua ʻia i mau hōʻike no kā lāua ʻōlelo ʻaelike. | When they met both showed the robes given them before in token of their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO nā ʻelele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, na lāua i hele aku e haʻi iā Hinaikamalama i ka hoʻāo ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu. | Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i kēia mau ʻōlelo no ka hoʻāo o ʻAiwohikupua mā, i ia manawa, noi akula ʻo ia i kona mau mākua e holo e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kauaʻi, a ua pono kāna noi i mua o kona mau mākua. | When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia nei i hiki aku ai, aia ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu ma Mānā. | When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e leʻaleʻa ana i ia manawa ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hiki akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a noho i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, a he mea malihini naʻe i ka ʻaha kēia kaikamahine malihini. | During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this strange girl. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Hinaikamalama e noho ana i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, aia hoʻi, ua komo i loko o Hauaʻiliki ka ʻiʻini nui. | As Hinaikamalama sat there, behold! Hauailiki conceived a passion for her. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke. | Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha. | Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.2 | Alia naʻe wau e hoʻokō i ka ʻume a ka mea nāna i ʻume iā kāua e like me kona makemake, akā, e hoʻākāka aʻe wau i koʻu kuleana i hiki mai ai iā Kauaʻi nei mai kahi lōʻihi mai. | now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.10 | Inā e make wau iā ia ala ma ke kōnane ʻana, a laila, lilo wau na ia ala. | if he beat me at konane, then I would become his |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.12 | A laila, e like me kāna hana iaʻu, pēlā no kaʻu iā ia, a holo like iā māua kēia ʻōlelo paʻa. | and the same if he lost to me, then he was to do for me as I to him; and we made this bargain. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.14 | ʻĪ aku wau iā ia ala, 'Ua eo ʻoe. | I said to him, ' You have lost; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.17 | A no kēia ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ia nei, ua holo like ia iā māua, a no kēia mea, noho puʻupaʻa wau me ka maluhia a hiki mai i kēia manawa. | And because of his fine speeches we agreed upon this, and for this reason, I have lived apart under a taboo until now. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18 | A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi. | And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief, |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, nēnē akula ka ʻaha kanaka a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu me ka hoʻohewa loa iā ʻAiwohikupua. | Then the men at the gathering all around the kilu shelter were roused and blamed Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1 | Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa. | Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ke oli ʻana o Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | When Hinaikamalama ceased chanting, she said to Aiwohikupua, "Where are you?" |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.4 sent.1 | I kēia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i ʻike i ke kumu o kēia anu o kāua? Inā ua ʻike ʻoe i ke kumu o kēia anu, a laila, e haʻi mai. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.1 sent.2 | Ua huhū paha iā kāua, no laila, ʻaʻahu aʻela i ke kapa hau ona. | she is perhaps angry with us, so she wears her snow mantle; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.3 sent.2 | A kaʻawale akula lāua, a laila, loaʻa ihola iā Hinaikamalama ka moe ʻoluʻolu ʻana i ia koena pō a hiki i ke ao ʻana. | After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.7 sent.3 | Ua huhū paha iā kāua.” | perhaps she is angry with us." |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Hinaikamalama,“ʻAʻole e hāʻawi ʻia ka ihu iā ʻoe. | Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss; |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o kona hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua, hele aku ʻo ia a noho ma ka hale kamaʻāina. | After leaving Aiwohikupua, she came and stayed at the house of a native of the place. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5 | I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua. | This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.4 | Iā lāua e kilu ana, komo maila ʻo Poliʻahu i loko o ka leʻaleʻa. | During the game Poliahu entered the assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.5 | Iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu ke kilu hope o ia pō. | To Hauailiki and Poliahu went the last game of the night. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike ʻole o ka mea ʻume iā Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō, no laila, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka mea ʻume ke hoʻomaka i kāna hana, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia i ka pō mua, no Hauaʻiliki a me Hinaikamalama ka leʻaleʻa mua o ia pō, a no ka loaʻa ʻole i ka maka o ka mea ʻume, ua lilo ka leʻaleʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not seeing her he gave the first game to others. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kokoke ʻana e ao ua pō nei, huli aʻela ka mea ʻume i loko o ka ʻaha iā Hinaikamalama, a loaʻa ihola. | Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for Hinaikamalama and found her. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.8 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai. | When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana, ʻī akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā Hauaʻiliki. | When they met, said Hinaikamalama to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.2 | Ua like nō kou manaʻo me koʻu, akā, e hoʻohui mua kāua iā kāua iho e like me ka makemake o ka mea ʻume, a ma hope loa aku, a laila, hoʻāo loa kāua.” | you think as I do; hut let us first meet according to the choice of the sport master, then afterwards we will marry." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1 | I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu. | On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2 | I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Poliʻahu mā ʻehā e kū ana me nā kapa hau o lākou, he mea ʻē ka hulali. | As Poliahu and the others stood in their mantles of snow, spark-
ling in the light, |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, popoʻi maila ke anu i ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu, a kau maila ma luna o ka ʻaha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaʻao, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu mā iā Kauaʻi. | at the same time cold penetrated the whole kilu shelter and lasted until morning, when Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.4 | ʻO kēia manawa pū nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Hinaikamalama iā Kauaʻi. | At the same time Hinaikamalama left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.2 | Aia a hāʻule aku wau i kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke ʻike mai iā ʻolua me ka wahine a kāua, a laila, kū ʻoe i ka moku. | When I fall dead, there where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you
rule over the island, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e manaʻo ʻoe iā ia ʻo kāu wahine ia, no ka mea, ua lilo nō ia iā kāua. | by no means think of her as your wife, for she belongs to us two. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.4 | Aia a mālama pono ʻoe i ka ʻohe, a laila, wahine ʻoe, ʻo ia ke kauoha iā ʻoe.” | guard well the flute, then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1 | A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe. | Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO nā mea a pau āu e makemake ai, inā e kiʻi ʻoe i ka wahine a ko aikāne i kauoha ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea nō kēia nāna e hoʻohui iā ʻolua. | whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your
friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.6 | Na ua ʻohe lā kēia ola ʻana e ola aku nei mai ka lua kupapaʻu mai, no laila, e hoʻolohe ʻoe me ka mālama loa e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoe.” | It was this flute that saved me from the other side of the grave; therefore, listen and guard well my sayings." |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1 | A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi. | After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi. | Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.1 | I ka malama i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo ka Māhoe Mua, i nā malama maikaʻi o ka moana, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, a holo aku i Hawaiʻi. | In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left Kauai and came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.2 | Ua nui nā lā i hala iā lākou ma ia hele ʻana. | Many days passed on the voyage. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku kahi kanaka nāna i ʻike mua iā Lāʻieikawai i ke aliʻi, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo lā i uka, ʻo Paliuli nō ia. | Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, "See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.2 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i uka o Paliuli. | When they arrived, Laieikawai had gone up to Paliuli. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai, ua nui nā kamaʻāina i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻōlelo mai o nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAkahi nō ka ʻāina kanaka maikaʻi o Kauaʻi!” | When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “Mai iho ʻoe i kai, no ka mea, ua hiki maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Keaʻau i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe. | Said Waka to her grandchild, "Do not go again to the coast, for Kekalukaluokewa has come to Keaau to get you for his wife. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.3 | Make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, kauoha aʻela i ke aikāne e kiʻi mai iā ʻoe i wahine, no laila, ʻo kāu kāne ia. | Kauakahialii is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore this is your husband. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku. | When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai. | As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.1 | A maopopo ihola iā lāua kā lāua mea i iho mai ai, a laila, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Paliuli, a haʻi akula i ke kupuna wahine i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to
Paliuli and told their grandmother what they had seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia. | at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.5 | Aia a laʻa ko ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻo ia kou manawa e kamaʻilio ai me nā mea ʻē aʻe. | until you have given a kiss to Kekalukaluokewa, then you may speak to the others. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.7 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka haʻi ʻia iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi akula ʻo ia ma kona hale aliʻi, ʻo ia a me kona kahu. | When all this had been told Laieikawai, she returned to the chief-house with her nurse. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.3 | Ua kūkā aʻe nei au me ke kupuna wahine o kākou, e hoʻāo wau i kāne naʻu, no laila wau i hoʻouna aku nei i ko kākou kahu e kiʻi aku iā ʻoukou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma hope iho o ko kākou hui ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met here. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e haʻalele iā ʻoukou,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | ["I won't leave you," said Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.2 | Eia hoʻi, ua ʻike mua aʻe nei kākou ma nā mokuna mua, he mea mau nō iā Lāʻieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaʻau ma ka moʻolelo o Hauaʻiliki a me ka moʻolelo o ka hele ʻalua ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Hawaiʻi, a ʻo ia mau nō a hiki i ko Kekalukaluokēwā hiki ʻana i Hawaiʻi. | Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.1 | I nā manawa a pau o ko Lāʻieikawai hele ʻana ma Keaʻau, he mea mau i kēia keiki, iā Halaaniani, ka ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai ma Keaʻau. | Every time Laieikawai came to Keaau the youth Halaaniani saw her |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o nā lā hoʻomalu o Lāʻieikawai, he mea hoʻohuoi iā Halaaniani ka nalo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole i hiki hou ma Keaʻau. | During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hoʻokokoke mai ai ma kahi o nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau, lohe ihola ʻo ia, e lilo ana ua Lāʻieikawai nei iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula kona kaikunāne, “E Maliʻo, i piʻi mai nei wau iā ʻoe e kiʻi ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, i nā lā a pau aʻu e nalo nei, ma Keaʻau nō wau no koʻu ʻike mau i kēia wahine maikaʻi. | Said her brother, " Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful woman, |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.” | Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i loaʻa he moe iā ia, a ala maila nō hoʻi ʻo Maliʻo i ia manawa nō. | he could not sleep, and Malio awoke at the same time. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.4 | Iā Waka e hoʻouna aʻe ai ia Lāʻieikawai ma luna o ka ʻēheu o na manu no ka hoʻāo me Kekalukaluokēwā, uhi mai auaneʻi ka noe a me ke ʻawa. | When Waka sends Laieikawai on the wings of the birds for the marriage with Kekalukaluokewa, mist and fog will cover the land: |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ka hōʻike ʻana a Maliʻo i ke ʻano o kēia mau mea, iho akula lāua a ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e noho ai. | After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the place where the others were. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai. | Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ʻike akula lāua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e ʻau aʻe ana i ka heʻe nalu. | When they came to Keaau they saw Kekalukaluokewa swimming out for surf riding. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu. | Malio said to Halaaniani. "You listen to me! |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9 | Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale. | "If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.10 | A lilo iā ʻoe kēlā wahine, a laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻoe i ka moana loa. | When you have the woman, carry her far out to sea; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11 | Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia. | look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.13 | ʻO kou nalu nō ia o kou makemake, lilo loa iā ʻoe.” | this is the wave you want; it is yours." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana i kēia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka ma luna o ka ʻāina. | While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.4 | I ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia ʻekolu poʻe e lana ana ma kūlana nalu e kū ana, a he mea haʻohaʻo ia iā uka i ka nānā aku. | When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.1 | E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “ʻAʻole e ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe a laʻa ka ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a laila, ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe.” | As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.3 | A iā lākou ʻekolu ma kūlana heʻe nalu, ʻaʻole kekahi leo i lohe ʻia i waena o lākou. | While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.1 | I ka hā o ko lāua nalu pae, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa ka nīnau a Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, me ka ʻī aku, “He aha kou mea e pae ʻole nei? | At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: "Why do you not ride? |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo. | As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa i lilo aku ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka lima o Halaaniani, ʻōlelo akula iā Halaaniani, “He mea kupanaha! | When Laieikawai was in Halaaniani's arms she said, "This is strange! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻoe nō kā, pae ʻole ana wau, a lilo akula koʻu papa.” | my board is gone." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e ʻōlelo ana no kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia maila ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kahi o lāua e kū ana. | While they were speaking; Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they were. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, “ʻAuhea kāu nalu o kāu ʻauʻa ʻana iho nei iaʻu?” | Said Laieikawai to Halaaniani. "Where is your wave that you have kept me back here for?" |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.3 | Aia nō iaʻu ma kūlana nalu, a laila, haʻi aku au iā ʻoe.” | when my crest is here, then I will tell you. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hāʻawi iā ia iho iā Halaaniani. | That was when Laieikawai began to give way to Halaaniani. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui. | Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.3 | Ma laila ʻo Halaaniani i lawe ai iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine hoʻāo nāna. | There Halaaniani took Laieikawai to wife. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.1 | I ia lā a pō, mai ka pō a ao, a awakea, he mea haʻohaʻo loa iā Waka no kāna moʻopuna, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mua aku ʻo ia i kāna moʻopuna ma mua o kona hoʻouna ʻana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokēwā. | The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she had said to her: |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2 | Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.” | "Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu manaʻo paʻa iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole wau e ʻike hou i kou maka, e kuʻu moʻopuna, ma kēia hope aku a hiki i kuʻu lā make, no ka mea, ua pale ʻoe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo. | Therefore, I give you my oath never to see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you have disobeyed me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.4 | Kainoa wau e ʻāhaʻi nei iā ʻoe ma kahi nalo, e nānā mai ana ʻoe iaʻu. | I thought to hide you away until you could care for me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i waʻa noʻu a me nā kānaka pū mai, e kiʻi wau i ka hānai a Kapūkaʻihaoa, iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Therefore, I come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko Waka kiʻi ʻana iā Lāʻielohelohe, kauoha ihola ʻo ia iā Kekalukaluokēwā, “Ke holo nei wau ʻekolu anahulu me nā pō keu ʻekolu, a laila, hiki mai wau. | Before Waka went after Laielohelohe she commanded Kekalukaluokewa as follows: "I shall be gone three times ten days and three days over, then I shall return. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomalu ʻoe iā ʻoe a hiki i ko ʻolua lā e hoʻāo ai.” | then purify yourself for two days before the marriage." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.3 | Lālau ihola ʻo ia he wahi puaʻa i mea ʻālana aku i mua o Kapūkaʻihaoa, ke kahuna nāna i mālama iā Lāʻielohelohe, a piʻi akula. | She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.4 | A he aha kaʻu e hana aku ai iā ʻoe?” | What can I do for you?" |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.2 | Ua ʻupu aku wau ʻo ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi ke kāne, akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻolohe i kaʻu ʻōlelo; ua lilo aku iā Halaaniani. | I wished to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to me, she became Halaaniani's; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.4 | A loaʻa iā kāua kēlā aliʻi, a laila, kū ka mākaia o kaʻu hānai, i ʻike ai ia, ua hewa kāna hana ʻana.” | and when that chief is ours my foster child will be supplanted, and she will realize how she has sinned." |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.6 | A loaʻa iā ʻoe ka pōmaikaʻi, a kuʻi mai i oʻu nei ka lono ua waiwai ʻoe, a laila, ʻimi aku wau.” | and if you succeed well, and I hear of your prosperity, then I will come to seek you." |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.5 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole kekahi o nā kānaka hoe waʻa i ʻike aku iā ia a hiki wale i Hawaiʻi. | From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, e ʻike mua ana lāua i ka lā e puka aku ai. | Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see her first at that time. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Waka ma loko o ka ʻohu, ma luna o nā manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoʻonoho iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona. | Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for her |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.2 | Ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai a loaʻa hou iā Halaaniani. | and stayed there until Halaaniani took her. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Waka i hiki aku ai ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi, ʻōlelo akula, “Ua hiki mai ko wahine, no laila, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i kanahā lā. | Then Waka came to Kekalukaluokewa and .said, "Your wife has come, so prepare yourself in forty days; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.3 | E hana i pāpaʻi kilu, ma laila e hoʻohilahila aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i ka ʻino o kāna hana.” | make a kilu, shelter; there disgrace Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai. | At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, e like me ko kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma mua, 'No kekahi o kākou ka pilikia, ma laila pū kākou a pau,' no laila, ua loaʻa iho nei iā ʻoe ka pilikia, no kākou pū ia pilikia. | Therefore, as we agreed in former days , 'Adversity to one is adversity to all;' now that you are in trouble, we will share your trouble. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.4 | No laila, ʻaʻole mākou e haʻalele iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e haʻalele iā mākou a hiki i ko kākou make ʻana. | As we will not forsake you, so do not you forsake us until our death; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3 | A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.” | Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.2 | I hele aku i waho, i ia manawa, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻielohelohe e puka aʻe ana mai loko aʻe o kona hale kapu. | and went outside the house, he saw Laielohelohe going out of her taboo house. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, iā lāua e noho pono ana me Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Halaaniani e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia iā Lāʻielohelohe. | As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, [Halaaniani was thinking of a way to get and pollute Laielohelohe.] |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu. | That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.5 | A no ka pākela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoʻopuka i nā ʻōlelo paheʻe, ua puni kāna wahine maikaʻi iā ia. | but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, and she was deceived. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.1 | Hala akula ʻo Halaaniani, iho akula nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i Keaʻau, ma kahi kaʻawale aʻe i pili ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not close to Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.1 | He mea kaumaha loa iā Lāʻieikawai no ka make ʻana o kāna kāne, no laila i kanikau ai ʻo ia hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua mau lā keu (he ʻumikumamālua lā) no ke aloha iā ia. | Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.3 | “He ʻumikumamākahi lā e kali ai” kona mau hoa iā ia, a i “hoʻi ʻole aku” i nā lā i kauoha ʻia e like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana aʻe nei ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua, a laila, maopopo, ua pono ʻole. | "Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou ma Keaʻau, iā lākou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ʻike mua maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, paʻiāuma maila me ka uē. | They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke. | Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5 | No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe. | Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.6 | Iā Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka iho ai e hoʻokau hiamoe, kū ana nō ʻo Halaaniani me ka wahine hou, a hikilele aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai; he moeʻuhane kā! | Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa nō, ua loaʻa iā Mailehaʻiwale he moeʻuhane, ala aʻela ʻo ia a kamaʻilio akula iā Mailelauliʻi a me Mailekaluhea i kēia moe. | At the same time Mailehaiwale had a vision. She awoke and told her dream to Mailelaulii and Mailekaluhea. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i ka moe i loaʻa iā ia, “i uka nō i Paliuli, hele aʻela nō ʻo Halaaniani a lawe aʻe ana nō iā ʻoe (Kahalaomāpuana), a hele aku nei nō ʻolua ma kahi ʻē aku. | Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away somewhere; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.3 | Kū aku nei koʻu ʻuhane, nānā iā ʻolua, hikilele wale aʻe nei nō hoʻi au.” | my spirit stood and watched you, and the excitement awoke me." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.5 sent.1 | Ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, e piʻi e hālāwai me Maliʻo, iā lāua i hoʻokaʻawale ai ma hope iho o kā Halaaniani kauoha ʻana iā ia, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hālāwai pū me Maliʻo. | When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. The fellow went up and met Malio. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “I piʻi hou mai nei wau iā ʻoe e hoʻokō mai ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua ʻike hou au he kaikamahine maikaʻi i like kona helehelena me ko Lāʻieikawai. | Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what I desire, for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4 | I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā. | for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E piʻi ʻoe ma luna o kekahi lāʻau, ma kahi ou e ʻike aku ana iā Lāʻielohelohe, a ma laila ʻoe e noho ai. | Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the lehua tree where you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.3 | Inā ua ʻike ʻoe e au ana kona maka i kahi i kani aku ai ka pū lāʻī, a laila kā hoʻi, loaʻa iā kāua. | if you see her turn her eyes to the place where the sound comes from, then we shall surely win, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, i ʻāluli ʻole aʻe kona mau maka i kuʻu hoʻokani aku, a laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā kāua i kēia lā.” | but if she does not look toward where I am playing, then we shall not win to-day." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, ʻuʻina mai ana kahi a ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua ai. | As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place where Laielohelohe strung lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei ma luna o ka lāʻau, kani ana ka pū lāʻī a Maliʻo. | "When he was up the tree, Malio's trumpet sounded, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kamaʻilio aku i kona kaikuahine, ʻī maila kona kaikuahine, “Loaʻa ʻole aʻela iā kāua i ka pū lāʻī, i kuʻu hano aku ia loaʻa?” | Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute? " |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua nei a hiki iho, hiki ana nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau. | No sooner were they arrived than Laielohelohe arrived also at her customary station. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi aʻela ʻo Halaaniani i luna o kekahi lāʻau ma kahi kūpono iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani climbed the tree right over where Laielohelohe was wont to sit. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi kāua a kakahiaka, hiki hou mai kāua i ʻaneʻi. | Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come here again, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai. | When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻokani akula ʻo Maliʻo i ka hano iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻomaka aku ana e ʻako lehua. | Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Maliʻo i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻike maila kēlā iā ia nei, a he mea malihini hoʻi ia i ko Lāʻielohelohe mau maka. | At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.2 | Mai hōʻike mai iā ia i mua oʻu. | do not bring him into my presence; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i ka hale, i ia manawa, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia iā Halaaniani e hele e mākaʻi aku iā Lāʻieikawai. | They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy upon Laieikawai. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaʻau, ma muli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike, a i lohe hoʻi no Lāʻieikawai. | When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor heard of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.1 sent.3 | A maopopo ihola iā Halaaniani ka lā hoʻokahakaha o nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula ʻo ia a haʻi aku i kona kaikuahine no kēia mea. | And when he had carefully noted the day for the chief's wedding feast he returned and told his sister this thing. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Maliʻo i lohe ai, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne, “A hiki i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka lā e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe.” | When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be yours.'' |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa e hele aku ʻoe e hōʻike mua iā ʻoe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe i kou hale. | Then go and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, e nānā ʻoe iā uka o Paliuli. | Then you will see up to Paliuli |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.4 sent.2 | E kūpinaʻi ana ka leo o nā manu ʻōʻō a haʻalele, a laila, ua mākaukau wau e hoʻouna mai iā Lāʻielohelohe. | and when the oo birds call and cease, then I am prepared to send Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.1 | “Iā ʻolua e hui ana, hoʻokahi hekili e kuʻi i ia manawa, nākolo ka honua, haʻalulu ka ʻaha a pau, i ia manawa, e hoʻouna aku wau iā ʻolua ma luna o nā manu. | "And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you two on the birds, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Waka i hiki ai i Keaʻau e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma luna aʻe, ʻo ia nō ka lā a Maliʻo i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Halaaniani e hoʻomākaukau no ka iho e ʻike i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe mā, me ka ʻī aku naʻe o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻApōpō, i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, i ia manawa e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe. | On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have seen above. On that very day. Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i wikiwiki ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ka lawe i kona mau haku, no ka mea, ua maopopo nō iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka manawa e hui ai nā aliʻi. | but Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the chiefs' meeting was to take place. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki ai i kēlā manawa hoʻokahi me nā mea nona ka lā hoʻokahakaha, aia hoʻi, ua ʻike akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, ʻaʻole i make. | Now they arrived at the same instant as those for whom the day was celebrated; lo! Laieikawai saw that Halaaniani was not dead, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Kekalukaluokēwā i ʻike aku ai e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻielohelohe i luna o nā manu, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona nele iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i uka o Paliuli, e haʻi aku i kēia mea iā Waka, a haʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Waka i kēia mau mea, “Ua lilo ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Halaaniani. | So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got Laielohelohe; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “ʻAʻole e lilo iā ia, akā, e iho aku kāua a kokoke aku wau i ka ʻaha. | Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get close to the place of meeting; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.2 | Inā ua hāʻawi aku ʻo ia i kona ihu e honi aku iā Halaaniani, ka mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai ʻaʻole e lilo i ka mea ʻē aʻe, a iā ʻoe wale nō e laʻa ai ka ihu o kuʻu moʻopuna, a laʻa pū nō hoʻi me kona kino, a laila, ua nele kāua i ka wahine ʻole. | if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's kiss devoted — if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the wife, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e lilo ka leo ma kona pane ʻole aku iā Halaaniani, a laila, ua wahine nō ʻoe. | not even to open her lips to Halaaniani, then she is your wife, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoʻouna akula ʻo Waka i ka noe a me ka ʻohu ma luna o ka ʻaha, a ʻike ʻole kekahi i kekahi. | As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and they could not distinguish one from another. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo hoʻohilahila a Waka iā ia, walania ihola kona naʻau a me nā kaikuahine pū kekahi o ʻAiwohikupua. | When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa. | then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.3 | A mākaukau lākou e hoʻi, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua lākou i Oʻahu nei ma Honouliuli, a lawe aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa me lākou i Kauaʻi. | When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi. | and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.5 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Lāʻieikawai, a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula, iā Hulumāniani.) | (At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet, Hulumaniani.) |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā ma ʻOlaʻa, e noho ana nō ʻo ia me kona nani. | Laieikawai was at Olaa as beautiful as ever, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.3 | Koe nō naʻe kekahi mau kāhiko ʻē aʻe, a me kekahi mau hōʻailona aliʻi iā ia ma muli o ka mana i loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua maiā Kihanuilūlūmoku aʻe. | nevertheless some of her former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka. | When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e ke Aliʻi ē, ke noi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e pono nō e hoʻopau ʻia kou naʻau kaumaha, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana iā ʻoe ka pōmaikaʻi ma kēia manawa aku. | "Therefore, princess, we beseech you, best ease your heart of sorrow; good fortune shall be yours hereafter. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.5 | Ua hoʻoholo aʻe nei mākou i pōmaikaʻi like no kākou, ua ʻae aʻe nei ko kākou kaikaina e kiʻi aku iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne nāu. | We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband, |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.8 | He kaikunāne nō no kākou, ko ʻAiwohikupua mea nāna i hoʻāliʻi mai iā ia. | a brother of ours, through whom Aiwohikupua gained the rank of chief. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.1 | “Inā e ʻae ʻoe e kiʻi ʻia nō ko kākou kaikunāne, a laila, e loaʻa iā kākou ka hanohano nui i ʻoi aku ma mua o kēia, a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoe i mea kapu ʻihiʻihi loa, me ko launa ʻole mai iā mākou. | "If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kona mau hoa, “Mai manaʻo mai ʻoe iā mākou. | Said her companions, '"Do not think of us; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna ʻōlelo kauoha iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau kaikuaʻana, “Ke kiʻi nei au i ko kākou kaikunāne i kāne na ke aliʻi. | Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.2 | E pono iā ʻoukou ke mālama pono i ko kākou haku. | your duty is to take good care of our mistress; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.2 | E pono iā kākou e kamaʻilio no Lāʻieikawai a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai Kauaʻi mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua ʻelua o kēia kaʻao). | we must tell about Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet who followed her from Kauai hither, as related in the first two chapters of this story.) |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana haʻalele ʻana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, kupu aʻela i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka manaʻo makemake e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi a puni. | After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.2 | A no kēia manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻokō akula kona mau hoa i ko ke aliʻi makemake, a hele akula e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi. | So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to travel around about Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, haʻalele kēia iā Hilo, a manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻi loa i Kauaʻi, a hoʻi akula. | So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set out. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, ʻo ia lā nō hoʻi ka lā a Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kaiʻōpae. | Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party left Kaiopae, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. | Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ka makāula i kona akua e hōʻike mai iā ia i kēia wahine, ʻo kāna mea paha e ʻimi nei, ʻaʻole paha. | Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the one he was seeking or not, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heʻe nalu ma laila, no laila, iā lākou ma laila e mākaʻikaʻi ana i ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, ua nanea loa lākou ma laila. | They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were surf riding, gladly remained. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.3 sent.1 | He mea pilikia loa i ka makāula ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai, a iā lākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, nīnau akula ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “He aha kā ʻoukou mea e noho nei ma ʻaneʻi? | The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you sit here? |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.4 sent.1 | “He mea hiki ʻole iā mākou ke hele aku,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “he pono e nānā aku i kā nā kamaʻāina heʻe nalu ʻana.” | The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the others." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2 | Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa. | Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.6 | I ia manawa, ʻimi aʻela ka makāula i waʻa a loaʻa iā ia he kaulua, me nā kānaka pū nō hoʻi. | Then the seer sought a canoe and found a double canoe with men to man it. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.2 | Haʻalele lākou iā Molokaʻi, hiki lākou ma Lāʻie, Koʻolauloa, a ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and stayed there some days. |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3 | He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai. | we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water; |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻo ka mea nona ke kamaʻilio ʻana nona iho iā ʻoukou, ʻo ia nō ua mea lā āu i ʻimi ai. | She is here — the one who told you her story; this is the one you are seeking. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.” | carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai. | he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1 | “A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.” | "And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi. | As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka lā kauila o ka heiau, lawe aʻela ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau hoa pū ma luna o nā waʻa. | And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai and her companions on board of the double canoe. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea akula ka makāula iā ʻAiwohikupua, “Mai hoʻāhewa aku i kou mau luna. | Then the seer called out to Aiwohikupua. "Your keepers are not guilty: |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.4 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu ʻōlelo iā ʻoe, he kaikamahine kaʻu, kuʻu haku hoʻi aʻu i ʻimi ai, ka mea nāna kēia mau iwi.” | "I spoke truly; this is my daughter, my lord, whom I went to seek, my preserver.'" |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike maopopo ʻana aku o ʻAiwohikupua iā Lāʻieikawai, he mea ʻē hoʻi ka haʻalulu o kona puʻuwai, a waiho akula i ka honua, me he mea make lā. | And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he fell to the ground as if dead. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kēia mokuna, e kamaʻilio kākou no ke kiʻi ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne hoʻopalau na Lāʻieikawai a me kona hoʻi ʻana mai. | In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of Laieikawai, and of her return. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.1 | He mea weliweli iā Mokukelekahiki ka ʻike ʻana i ua moʻo nei, lele akula ʻo ia a hiki i luna o Nuʻumealani. | A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up to Nuumealani, [the Raised Place in the Heavens;] |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo Mokukelekahiki iā Kāʻeloikamalama i kona ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo. | Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.3 | A i nīnau aʻe iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, he kama ʻoe na lāua. | and when he questions you, then tell him you are a child of theirs, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau maila ka weli iā Kāʻeloikamalama mā, hoʻomaka lāua e holo mai ke alo aku o ua moʻo nei. | Then fear fell upon Kaeloikamalama and his companion, and they started lo run away from before the face of the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, luaʻi aku ana ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku iā Kahalaomāpuana, kau ana i luna o ka ʻāʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | Then Kihanuilulumoku threw out Kahalaomapuana, and she fell upon Kaeloikamalama's neck." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.2 | Inā e noho ana i luna, mai wikiwiki aku ʻoe o ʻike ʻē mai auaneʻi kēlā iā ʻoe, make ʻē ʻoe. | if he is sitting up, don't be hasty; should he spy you first, you will die, |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole e lohe i kāu ʻōlelo, kuhi auaneʻi iā ʻoe he mea ʻē. | he will not listen to you, he will take you for another. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.1 sent.1 | Pēlā auaneʻi ʻoe e hea iho ai, a inā e nīnau mai kēlā iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi i hele mai ai.” | "So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then tell him about your journey here. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.4 | Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka hiamoe iā Moanalihaikawaokele. | Still Moanalihaikawaokele did not sleep. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.2 | Kūpaka aʻela, ʻaʻole e hiki, ua paʻa loa ka ʻumiʻumi iā Kahalaomāpuana. | he struggled to free himself; Kahalaomapuana held the beard tight; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa, ma laila ʻoe e moe ai. | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.4 | Inā e nīnau iā ʻoe, haʻi pololei aku nō ʻoe e like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu.” | If she questions you, tell her exactly what you have told me." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.5 | Ma ia pō iho, hoʻouna akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana i loko o ka hale peʻa. | That night Moanalihaikawaokele sent Kahalaomapuana into the house set apart for women. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ua ʻo Laukieleʻula ke hoʻokaʻawale iā ia, no ka mea, ua haumia. | she could not go away because she was unclean |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke ʻike iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kuʻu mau lā haumia. | I can not see you, for my days of uncleanness have come; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.2 | Hele nō ʻoe i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele o ka lā ʻapōpō a noho ma ka luawai, kahi āna e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ai iā ia. | to- morrow, early in the morning before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi. | "If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2 | Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai. | When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauoha ʻia iā ia, a hoʻi akula me ka makua kāne. | Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.3 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokaʻawale mua aʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia ma ke kaʻawale, ʻo ke kaikamahine wale nō ko ka hale. | Moanalihaikawaokele absented himself and only the daughter remained in
the house. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1 | “Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?” | "Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? " |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole a mākou uku e uku aku ai no ka mālama ʻana a ke aliʻi iā mākou, a no ia mea, e ʻae mai ʻoe e iho aʻe au me kuʻu kaikunāne lani i lalo, a lawe mai iā Lāʻieikawai i luna nei.” | we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and bring Laieikawai up here." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula iā Awakea, “Wehe ʻia mai ke pani o kahi o ke aliʻi!” | Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao. | When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.5 | Eia lā, ua ʻimi mai nei iā kāua.” | here she is come to seek you." |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ala maila mai kona hiamoe ʻana, ʻalawa aʻela kēlā iā Laukieleʻula e hea aku i nā kiaʻi o ka malu, kāhea aʻela: | When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.1 | “Ua hāʻawi mua wau iā ʻoe, ua lilo, e like me kāna noi iaʻu. | "I have already given you, as she requested me; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau ʻōlelo, nīnau hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kahalaomāpuana no kona mau kaikuaʻana a me kona kaikunāne. | After this answer Kaonohiokala asked further about her sisters and her brother. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.6 | I ka hōʻole wale nō a pau lākou, koe ʻo wau, ʻaʻole hoʻi wau i kiʻi, ʻo ka huhū ihola nō ia iā mākou, haʻalele i ka nāhelehele. | she refused them all; I remained, I never went to woo her; he went away in a rage leaving us in the jungle. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.1 | “A haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, ukali aku mākou ma hope, pākela loa nō ko mākou kaikunāne i ka huhū, me he mea lā, na mākou i hōʻole kona makemake. | "When he left us, we followed; our brother's rage waxed as if we had denied his wish. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.2 | No laila lā, hoʻi hou mākou a kahi i haʻalele mua ʻia ai, na ua kaikamahine aliʻi lā i mālama iā mākou, a haʻalele wale akula wau, hele mai nei. | "Then it was we returned to where he left us, and the princess protected us, until I left to come hither; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe me ou kaikuaʻana a me ke aikāne aliʻi a ʻoukou, kuʻu wahine hoʻi, kali mai ʻoukou. | Then he said to Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the princess; my wife she shall be; wait, |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a hoʻāo māua, a laila, e hoʻomaka wau i ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | "After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.4 | Hanu akula iā Kahoʻolawe, Lānaʻi a me Molokaʻi, ʻo ia ʻole like nō. | He sniffed about Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokai. Just the same. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.7 | Luaʻi akula ua ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku iā Kahalaomāpuana. | and Kihanuilulumoku threw forth Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.5 sent.1 | He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai. | Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi mai ai mai kāna huakaʻi ʻimi aliʻi mai Keʻalohilani mai, haʻi akula ʻo ia i ka moʻolelo o ko lāua hele ʻana, a me nā hihia he nui, a me nā lauwili ʻana, a me nā mea a pau āna i ʻike ai i loko o kona manawa hele. | When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai Keʻalohilani mai, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula hoʻokahi malama ma mua aku o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai, no laila, wānana mua ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E loaʻa ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou mai ka lewa mai. | Now, before Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani, the seer foresaw what was to take place, one month before her return. Then the seer prophesied, in these words: "A blessing descends upon us from the heavens |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope. | As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kauoha ihola i kāna mau kaikamāhine, ma mua o kona haʻalele ʻana iā lākou, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ke hele nei au ma kuʻu ʻaoʻao mau. | So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My daughters. I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.3 | E haʻalele ana wau iā ʻoukou. | [I'm leaving you] |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hele loa ana, akā, e hele ana wau e haʻi aku i kēia mea aʻu e kamaʻilio nei iā ʻoukou, a hoʻi mai wau. | not, indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told you. and shall return hither. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.6 | E waiho ʻoukou iā ʻoukou ma loko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana.” | and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy is fulfilled." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĀnō, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe iā ʻoe.” | therefore, prepare yourselves at once." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.3 sent.2 | E like me ka ʻōlelo no ʻAiwohikupua, pēlā kāna ʻōlelo iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a manaʻoʻiʻo maila ʻo ia. | And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he believed him. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.” | The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki mai ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou, a e lilo auaneʻi kākou i mea nui nāna e ʻai nā moku a puni, ʻaʻole kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, a e noho aliʻi auaneʻi ʻoukou ma luna o ka ʻāina a e holo aku ka poʻe hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou mai ka noho aliʻi aku. | we shall prosper and become mighty ones among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee from you and be chiefs no more. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2 | Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.2 | Iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli ihola kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula i mua o ka hiwahiwa. | When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet before the Beloved. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1 | A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē! | And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, akā, ma ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kaikuahine i hiki aʻe nei i ou lā, a no laila, ua hāʻawi mai wau i hōʻailona noʻu e ʻike ai iā ʻoe, a e maopopo ai iaʻu, ʻo ʻoe kuʻu wahine hoʻopalau. | "I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed wife; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, e hoʻopuka aku wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopaʻi no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | then I will declare my wrath against those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1 | A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū. | And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.3 | Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho. | At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.7 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka naʻe, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka luku iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka, aia hoʻi, ʻo ke anaina i ʻākoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ʻike akula lākou i ke ānuenue i kuʻu ʻia mai ma ka mahina mai, i ʻūlili ʻia i nā kukuna wela o ka lā. | Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's downfall, Lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni. | When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai ma ko lāua wahi me kāna kāne, he mea mau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā ka iho pinepine mai i lalo nei e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine a me kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe); ʻekolu iho ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi. | "While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare and that of his young wife three times every year. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike aʻela kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine ua ʻoi aku ka hanohano ma mua o kēia noho ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻia i mau aliʻi no kahi hiki ʻole iā lākou ke noho, e lawelawe pū me Mokukelekahiki, no laila, hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ka ʻae ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne. | When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻae aku e hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani, no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaʻa iā ia ma mua o ka hoʻi ʻana i Keʻalohilani. | But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.8 | Hele akula kēlā a me kēia o lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a hoʻi maila e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia iā lākou. | Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1 | Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe! | But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.3 | E hailona hou ana, kū hou nō iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hailona. | again they drew lots, again the lot rested upon Kahalaomapuana; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole ʻōlelo i koe a Kahalaomāpuana, no ka mea, ua kū ka hailona iā ia. | Kahalaomapuana had nothing left to say, for the lot rested upon her. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona. | Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.3 | E hoʻākoakoa mai nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau i hōʻike aku ai wau i koʻu aloha nui iā lākou ma mua o kou lawe ʻana aku iaʻu.” | and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away." |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake e hoʻi i ia ʻāina, akā, na koʻu lima nō i ʻae iaʻu e haʻalele iā ʻoukou ma muli o ka hailona a kuʻu kaikunāne lani nei. | it was not my wish to go back to this land, but my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine brother. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1 | ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia. | The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke ʻano akua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua lilo ka hailona iā Kahalaomāpuana. | and by his supernatural arts he made the lot fall to Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.1 | A kaʻawale akula kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ʻana paha o ka hapahā ʻelua o ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou maila ʻo ia i lalo nei e hoʻokō i kona manaʻo kuko iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi. | Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Pihanakalani, a hele akula ma kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni, i ia lā nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā iā lalo nei. | So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo. | When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe me Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻī akula, “ʻO ka ʻekolu kēia o koʻu mau makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ʻana iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a pāpale ma luna o kou kaikuaʻana (Lāʻieikawai). | When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.3 | A no laila, ma nā lā hope nei, ua hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hoʻomanawanui e pale aku i ke kuko noʻu iā ʻoe mai ou aku.” | Now at last my patience no longer avails to turn away my passion from you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.1 | A no ka lohe mua ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā “nā mea nāna i mālama” iā ia ka “hoʻohiki paʻa e ʻae aku,” no laila, kiʻi mua akula ʻo ia ma o Kapūkaʻihaoa lā e noi aku e ʻae mai i ko ke aliʻi makemake. | And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's purpose. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila hoʻi, hele mua akula ʻo ia, a ʻōlelo aku iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua makemake wau e lawe iā Lāʻielohelohe e pili me aʻu i kēia manawa. | So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with Laielohelohe for a time, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.4 | A laila, he mea kānalua ʻole ia iā Lāʻielohelohe, a lawe aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe a hui ʻoluʻolu ihola lāua. | Then Laielohelohe dismissed her doubts; and Kaonohiokala took Laielohelohe and they took their pleasure together. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.3 | Akā, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia kona pilikia ma ka manaʻo, he aha lā i ia mea i kona manaʻo ʻana! | But Laielohelohe never thought of harm; what was that to her mind! |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ulu maila a māhuahua ke aloha o Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā no kona hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā. | Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2 | A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses, |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe paha i Oʻahu, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e launa hou me Lāʻielohelohe, akā, i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hale aliʻi. | About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no Laielohelohe at the chief's house; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke aloaliʻi, ʻo ia naʻe kekahi i lohe i kēia mau mea. | Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was the one who heard these things. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.1 | Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka mokuna kanakolukumamālua o kēia kaʻao ke kumu o ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻimi ʻana i kāna kāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In Chapter XXXII of this story the reason was told why Laielohelohe went in search of her husband. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.6 | He nui nā lā i hala iā lākou ma ia hele ʻana. | many days they had been on the way. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike aku i nā aliʻi e inu ʻawa ana, hoʻi maila, a haʻi maila iā lākou nei. | The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking awa, and returned and told them. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, a laila, hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike akula, ua hiamoe nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula a ʻōlelo akula iā Lāʻielohelohe. | And at her command, the natives went and found out where the chiefs slept, and returned and told Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia kāna mea i hele mai ai e haʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to tell Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe mā i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe mai ana lāua ma kahi hoʻokahi; ua hoʻouhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu hoʻokahi; e moe ana naʻe i ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place under one covering, drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā lāua ke ʻike aʻe i kēia, no ka mea, ua lumilumi ʻia lāua e ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | nor did they know this; for they were drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.1 | I ka wā naʻe i ala aʻe ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai ka hiamoe ʻona ʻawa aʻe a ʻike maila i ka wahine, iā Lāʻielohelohe, honi ihola ma ke ʻano mau o ka hiki malihini ʻana. | When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.3 | Ua hāʻule ʻoe i ka hewa me ka haku o kāua (Kaʻōnohiokalā), a no laila, ua pono akula nō ʻoe me ia, a ua pono nō hoʻi wau ke noho aku ma lalo o ʻolua, no ka mea, nona mai kēia noho hanohano ʻana, a aia nō hoʻi iā ia ka make a me ke ola. | falling into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor comes, and life and death are with him; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake ka hāʻawi aku iā ʻoe, akā, no ka makaʻu i ka make.” | it was not for my pleasure that I gave you up, but for fear of death." |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.5 | Akā, e kuʻu kāne, ʻaʻole naʻu i ʻae e hāʻawi iaʻu e hoʻohaumia i kuʻu kino me ua haku lā o kāua, akā, na kuʻu mea nāna i mālama iaʻu i ʻae e hana wau i ka hewa, no ka mea, i ka lā a ʻoukou i hele mai ai, ʻo ia nō ka lā a ua haku lā o kāua i noi mai ai iaʻu e hoʻohaumia iā māua, akā, no koʻu makemake ʻole, no laila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i koʻu ʻae ʻole iā ia. | but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.6 | Akā, i ka hoʻi ʻana i luna a hoʻi hou mai, nonoi aʻela kēlā iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, a no laila, ua launa kino māua ʻelua manawa. | but on his return from above he asked Kapukaihaoa, and so we met twice; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.7 | A no koʻu makemake ʻole, ua hūnā wau iaʻu iho ma nā hale kuaʻāina, a no ia mea nō hoʻi, ua haʻalele wau i kahi aʻu i hoʻonoho ai, a ua ʻimi mai nei wau iā ʻoe. | and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and have sought you; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.10 | ʻAʻole āu hana noʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi aʻu hana aku iā ʻoe. | I have nothing to complain of you, you have nothing to complain of me; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila. | One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2 | Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei: | with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows: |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.1 | E uē aku ana nō wau iā ʻoe, | I shall be weeping for you. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola lākou ma ia lā a ahiahi, hoʻi akula i ka hale, kēnā maila nā mākua a me nā kahu e ʻai, akā, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā ia ka ʻono o ka ʻai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. | They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite for food because of her love. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.1 | A pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, iā Hinaikamalama i haʻalele aku ai iā Kekalukaluokēwā i ka pō a Lāʻielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi kāne. | It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not happy, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.1 | A ma kēlā lā, iā Hinaikamalama i piʻi ai i luna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia pō iho, hiki ʻo ia i o Hinaikamalama lā me ka ʻike ʻole o Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua hiamoe ʻo ia. | And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for she was asleep. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama nō e ala ana, e hiaʻā ana no kona aloha, puka ana ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻike ʻole o loko o ka hale aliʻi iā ia nei. | While Hinaikamalama lay awake, sleepless for love, entered Kekalukaluokewa, without the knowledge of anyone in the chief's house. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i hiki aku ai, pololei akula nō ʻo ia a ma kahi a ke aliʻi wahine e hiamoe ana, lālau akula i ka wahine ma ke poʻo, a hoʻāla akula. | When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.1 | Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau iā Kekalukaluokēwā ka hele pinepine i o Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō kēia pō me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia, a hala he anahulu ʻokoʻa o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻomau ʻana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka ʻike ʻole o kāna wahine, no ka mea, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻike e ka ʻona ʻawa mau ma muli o ka makemake o kāna kāne. | After that, Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of awa. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.8 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me nā kānaka ma ka hale kahi olonā, i ia manawa i launa ai ka wahine kamaʻāina me Lāʻielohelohe, me ka ʻī aku ma kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohuahualau, “Pehea ko aliʻi kāne? | "While Kekalukaluokewa was in the fiber-combing house with the men, the woman visited with Laielohelohe, and she said mysteriously, ''How is your husband? |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8 | Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua. | as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.11 | Iā māua i ka lawaiʻa a hoʻi mai māua a ma kahi nō a mākou i hālāwai mua ai, loaʻa ihola māua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele ana. | After we had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him going back, |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.12 | ʻAʻole āna ʻōlelo ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻi a māua ʻōlelo iā ia. | and we did not speak to him nor he to us; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14 | Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.” | that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i wikiwiki i ka huhū, akā, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai iā ia, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | not at once did she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.4 | Iaʻu paha e moe ana i ka ʻona ʻawa, hele kēlā, akā, ma kēia pō, e ukali ana wau iā ia.” | so that when I am asleep under the influence of the awa, he can go; but to-night I will follow him." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike mai kāna kāne i kēia hana maʻalea a kāna wahine, a i ka hoʻi ʻana aku i ka hale, hāʻawi mua ihola ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ʻano maʻalea. | and afterwards her husband did not know of his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay down and pretended to sleep. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ua hala akula kēlā, ala aʻela ʻo ia, a ukali akula iā Kekalukaluokēwā me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia. | When Laielohelohe saw that he had left her, she arose and followed Kekalukaluokewa without being seen. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.1 | I ia ukali ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, aia hoʻi, ua loaʻa pono akula kāna kāne iā ia e hana ana i ka hewa me Hinaikamalama. | Thus following, lo! she found her husband with Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻoiai, aia ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi moe lāua, “E kuʻu kāne, ua puni wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have deceived me; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, ua loaʻa maopopo aʻe nei ʻolua iaʻu, no laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e pono iā kāua ke hoʻomanawanui i ka noho ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to endure this any longer. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.5 | E pono iā kāua ke hoʻi i Kauaʻi, a no laila, e hoʻi kāua ʻānō.” | We had best return to Kauai; we must go at once." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe ma Kauaʻi ma hope iho o kona haʻalele ʻana i kāna kāne, i kekahi lā, hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai Kahakaekaea mai, a hālāwai ihola me Lāʻielohelohe, a hala ʻehā malama o ko lāua hui kalohe ʻana. | The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. Four months passed of their amorous meetings; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.3 sent.1 | He mea haʻohaʻo naʻe iā Lāʻieikawai kēia hele lōʻihi o Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻehā malama ka lōʻihi o ka nalo ʻana. | this long absence of Kaonohiokala's seemed strange to Laieikawai, he had been away four months; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā! | Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so! |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.3 | No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai nei kuʻu kāne lani, ua hewa ka noho ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, a no ia mea, ua hoʻouna aku nei wau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā e kiʻi aku i ka wahine a hoʻi mai. | for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is having trouble, with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to fetch the woman and return hither; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, loaʻa iā ʻoe ka ʻike e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike aku i kou kaikaina, a me nā mea a pau o lalo. | Then you shall see your sister and all that is happening below. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.4 | He mea mau naʻe iā Laukieleʻula, ma ka pō ʻo ia e ala ai e mālama i ua ipu lā o ka ʻike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. | Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom at night, and by day she slept. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wā e hoʻomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, hele akula ʻo ia e mākaʻi iā Laukieleʻula, aia naʻe e hiamoe ana. | Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just asleep. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o kēia manawa, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi akula iā Moanalihaikawaokele no kēia mau mea, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Ua loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻike maiā ʻoe mai. | Then Laieikawai went and told Moanalihaikawaokele about it, saying, "I have employed the power you gave me, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.” | And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hoʻi ai i luna, ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā ola, hālāwai akula lākou me Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Keʻalohilani. | On the way back after Kaonohiokala's punishment, they encountered Kahalaomapuana in Kealohilani, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui maila ke aloha o Lāʻieikawai iā Lāʻielohelohe, akā, ʻaʻole e hiki ma kona manaʻo. | At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she could do nothing; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.2 | He mea mau naʻe iā Lāʻieikawai ka uē pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haʻohaʻo nō hoʻi i kona mau mākuahōnōwai ka ʻike aku i ko Lāʻieikawai mau maka, ua ʻano maka uē. | often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.” | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |